welcome and introduction to bsc(hons) sport, health and …€¦  · web view ·...

79
Plymouth University Academic Partnerships CORNWALL COLLEGE (Camborne) Programme Quality Handbook BSc (Hons) Sport, Health and Exercise Science (Top up) Academic Year 2016-2017 1 | Page BSc(Hons) Sport, Health & Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Upload: vanngoc

Post on 03-Apr-2018

214 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Plymouth University

Academic Partnerships

CORNWALL COLLEGE (Camborne)

Programme Quality HandbookBSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science

(Top up)

Academic Year 2016-2017

1 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact

HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)

E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)

Please note

All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing

The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to

2 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services

3 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Contents1 Welcome and Introduction tohelliphellip4

2 Programme Team5

3 Personal Tutor5

31 Plymouth Portal6

4 Programme Details7

41 Enhancement Activities7

42 Progression through the programme7

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University8

5 Employment Opportunities8

6 Teaching Learning and Assessment9

61 Referencing Guides10

7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10

8 Student Feedback19

81 Student Representation and Enhancement19

82 Student Perception Surveys19

83 Closing the Feedback Loop20

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)20

85 Complaints21

86 Extenuating Circumstances21

9 Appendix22

91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme22

4 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students

aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The

programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment

opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the

vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory

to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and

secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of

interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and

Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this

will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health

(20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of

four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of

Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options

being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two

compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related

promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands

of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including

The approved programme specification

Module records

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

2 Programme TeamTutor Module Number E-mail

Phillip Toy Sport Health and Exercise Science (work based)

Lifelong Health01209 616145

philliptoycornwallacuk

Glen Eldridge Dissertation

Sport and Exercise Physiology

glenneldridge cornwallacuk

Louise Fletcher

Principles of Nutrition Louisefletchercornwallacuk

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757

Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement Activities

This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

42 Progression through the programme

Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

If you require any part of this Handbook in larger print or an alternative format please contact

HE Operations Tel (01209 616256)

E-mail (cornwallheacornwallacuk)

Please note

All the information in this Handbook is correct at the time of printing

The Cornwall College Group is proud of its teaching and research and it undertakes all reasonable steps to provide educational services in the manner set out in this Handbook and in any documents referred to within it It does not however guarantee the provision of such services Should industrial action or circumstances beyond the control of the College interfere with its ability to

2 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services

3 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Contents1 Welcome and Introduction tohelliphellip4

2 Programme Team5

3 Personal Tutor5

31 Plymouth Portal6

4 Programme Details7

41 Enhancement Activities7

42 Progression through the programme7

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University8

5 Employment Opportunities8

6 Teaching Learning and Assessment9

61 Referencing Guides10

7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10

8 Student Feedback19

81 Student Representation and Enhancement19

82 Student Perception Surveys19

83 Closing the Feedback Loop20

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)20

85 Complaints21

86 Extenuating Circumstances21

9 Appendix22

91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme22

4 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students

aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The

programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment

opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the

vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory

to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and

secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of

interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and

Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this

will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health

(20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of

four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of

Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options

being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two

compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related

promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands

of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including

The approved programme specification

Module records

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

2 Programme TeamTutor Module Number E-mail

Phillip Toy Sport Health and Exercise Science (work based)

Lifelong Health01209 616145

philliptoycornwallacuk

Glen Eldridge Dissertation

Sport and Exercise Physiology

glenneldridge cornwallacuk

Louise Fletcher

Principles of Nutrition Louisefletchercornwallacuk

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757

Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement Activities

This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

42 Progression through the programme

Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

provide educational services the University undertakes to use all reasonable steps to minimise the resultant disruption to those services

3 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Contents1 Welcome and Introduction tohelliphellip4

2 Programme Team5

3 Personal Tutor5

31 Plymouth Portal6

4 Programme Details7

41 Enhancement Activities7

42 Progression through the programme7

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University8

5 Employment Opportunities8

6 Teaching Learning and Assessment9

61 Referencing Guides10

7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10

8 Student Feedback19

81 Student Representation and Enhancement19

82 Student Perception Surveys19

83 Closing the Feedback Loop20

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)20

85 Complaints21

86 Extenuating Circumstances21

9 Appendix22

91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme22

4 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students

aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The

programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment

opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the

vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory

to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and

secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of

interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and

Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this

will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health

(20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of

four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of

Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options

being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two

compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related

promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands

of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including

The approved programme specification

Module records

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

2 Programme TeamTutor Module Number E-mail

Phillip Toy Sport Health and Exercise Science (work based)

Lifelong Health01209 616145

philliptoycornwallacuk

Glen Eldridge Dissertation

Sport and Exercise Physiology

glenneldridge cornwallacuk

Louise Fletcher

Principles of Nutrition Louisefletchercornwallacuk

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757

Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement Activities

This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

42 Progression through the programme

Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Contents1 Welcome and Introduction tohelliphellip4

2 Programme Team5

3 Personal Tutor5

31 Plymouth Portal6

4 Programme Details7

41 Enhancement Activities7

42 Progression through the programme7

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College8

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University8

5 Employment Opportunities8

6 Teaching Learning and Assessment9

61 Referencing Guides10

7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback10

8 Student Feedback19

81 Student Representation and Enhancement19

82 Student Perception Surveys19

83 Closing the Feedback Loop20

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)20

85 Complaints21

86 Extenuating Circumstances21

9 Appendix22

91 Programme Specification ndash to be the latest version associated with the programme22

4 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students

aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The

programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment

opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the

vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory

to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and

secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of

interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and

Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this

will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health

(20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of

four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of

Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options

being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two

compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related

promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands

of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including

The approved programme specification

Module records

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

2 Programme TeamTutor Module Number E-mail

Phillip Toy Sport Health and Exercise Science (work based)

Lifelong Health01209 616145

philliptoycornwallacuk

Glen Eldridge Dissertation

Sport and Exercise Physiology

glenneldridge cornwallacuk

Louise Fletcher

Principles of Nutrition Louisefletchercornwallacuk

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757

Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement Activities

This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

42 Progression through the programme

Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students

aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The

programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment

opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the

vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory

to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and

secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of

interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and

Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this

will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health

(20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of

four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of

Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options

being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two

compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related

promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands

of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

This Programme Quality handbook contains important information including

The approved programme specification

Module records

Note the information in this handbook should be read in conjunction with the current edition of the College Handbook which contains student support based information on issues such as finance and studying at HE along with the Universityrsquos Student Handbook available here httpswwwplymouthacukyour-universitygovernancestudent-handbook

5 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

2 Programme TeamTutor Module Number E-mail

Phillip Toy Sport Health and Exercise Science (work based)

Lifelong Health01209 616145

philliptoycornwallacuk

Glen Eldridge Dissertation

Sport and Exercise Physiology

glenneldridge cornwallacuk

Louise Fletcher

Principles of Nutrition Louisefletchercornwallacuk

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757

Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement Activities

This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

42 Progression through the programme

Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

2 Programme TeamTutor Module Number E-mail

Phillip Toy Sport Health and Exercise Science (work based)

Lifelong Health01209 616145

philliptoycornwallacuk

Glen Eldridge Dissertation

Sport and Exercise Physiology

glenneldridge cornwallacuk

Louise Fletcher

Principles of Nutrition Louisefletchercornwallacuk

CORPORATE HE ASSISTANT REGISTRAR Mathew Tonkin What does the Corporate HE Assistant Registrar (CHEAR) do The CHEAR is your point of contact in HE Operations for all administrative paperwork to do with the programme He can be contacted on Telephone 01209 617757 or Ext 3757

Email mathewtonkincornwallacuk

3 Personal TutorYour personal tutor should be the first person at the College that you speak to if you are having any personal difficulties that are affecting your studies These could be academic financial health-related or another type of problem Your personal tutor is there to provide additional academic and personal support concerning issues that may affect your studies Personal Tutors are particularly important for students in their first year helping them to manage the transition from school or the workplace to university-style life Personal tutors also assist with helping you to engage with important aspects of preparation for your career and or progression to further study and profiling your progress through the programme

Your main support for academic issues relating to specific modules will be the lecturer who is teaching that module Your tutor will be the person who if the College is asked will write a personal reference for you during or on completion of your studies

Programme staff will communicate with students in the following ways

Email - staff will communicate with you via your college andor university email In order to maintain professionalism staff will NOT communicate with you directly using your personal email If you do not wish to regularly check BOTH your College and Plymouth University emails you must ensure that these are forwarded to your personal email address

Text messaging ndash Under exceptional circumstances staff may contact you via text Please ensure that your Programme Manager has your current mobile number

CollegeInstitution intranet virtual learning environment ndash For module level communications staff use the Moodle Site Please make sure that you are enrolled onto all of your modules

6 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement Activities

This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

42 Progression through the programme

Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

HE Operations Moodle Pages ndash this site houses a vast array of information relevant to your time at the College

Plymouth University Student Portal (see section below) Programme Notice-Board HE bulletins Link to CollegeInstitution campus map or details

httpswwwcornwallacuksitesdefaultfilesdocumentsCAM_2011_Mapspdfpdfjsaction=download Links to disability support teams httpswwwcornwallacukuniversitysupport-during-your-degree

The university personal tutoring policy is available for information and guidance

31 Plymouth Portal

As a Plymouth student you are able to access the Universityrsquos e-resources through the Plymouth portal (the Universityrsquos internal staff and student website)

There is access to over pound2 million of e-resources and e-journals in a variety of different subject ranges which can be used to support your studies An excellent library guide has been developed to help you access these resources off campus and this also links you to subject specific resources This link takes you to the universities library guide homepage httpplymouthlibguidescompartners

In addition the University has created a Student Study File available at wwwstudywithplymouthacuk which signposts you to a wealth of resources including UPSU (Plymouth Student Union) Study Skills Guides and using the portal

You will automatically have a Plymouth University e-mail account accessed through myEdesk E-mail calendar contacts (OWA) structured as follows FirstnameSurnamestudentsplymouthacuk Your password will always be given in this format Dobddmmyyyy eg Dob10071984 You can change your password once into the portal however please make sure it is something memorable as you will need it throughout your studies

There are instructions located on the student study file on how to forward your University emails to your preferred email address to ensure you obtain the necessary Plymouth communications throughout your studies

To change your password at any time - click on the lsquoChange Passwordrsquo on the top right hand side of the homepage

If you have forgotten your passwords please go to httpwwwplymouthacukpassword and you can reset it easily Alternatively you can go to HE Operations who will be able to reset it for you as well

To access the portal type httpstudentplymouthacuk into your browser OR if you want to go in via the extranet type wwwplymouthacuk and then click on Internal Students

Enter the username and password given to you from your programme manager or Learning Resource Staff member

The Student Community on the Portal signposts you to many resources including

E-resources journals databases - click on the myEdesk Library Media amp IT (TIS) University student services and learning resources Link into UPSU the Universityrsquos Student Union Academic information and regulations including the University student handbook How to work safely on the web

7 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement Activities

This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

42 Progression through the programme

Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

4 Programme Details

41 Enhancement Activities

This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

An important aspect of this degree is its vocational nature All students are encouraged to seek relevant employment or placement during their studies ndash that is why the actual lsquoteachingrsquo timetable leaves you with some free time during the week But additionally many of the modules have vocational elements such as practical experience visits to and from individuals and organisations in your vocational area and simulations

Rather than separating work related learning into a separate module the college has a policy of embedding work related activities across the programme This means ensuring that there is a range of experiences which relate closely to employment and work such as visits visiting speakers practicalrsquos in simulated situations This ensures that students have a very rich environment in which to develop their skills and observe others working

Students of Cornwall College are encouraged to develop their PDPs in a variety of ways The tutorial system where programme leaders act as personal tutors and see their tutees on a regular basis clearly feeds into the principles of PDP At the end of each module students are encouraged to review what they have learnt and how it might contribute to their employability and their personal development And there is a similar end of term and end of year review conducted by the tutor

42 Progression through the programme

Your Programme Manager has access to University staff and is able to communicate your questions regarding progression to programmes at Plymouth University

If you progress to a Plymouth University honours degree programme your final Honours Degree classification will be calculated to include marks from each of your levels of study

10 from Level 4 ndash calculated from the highest achieved 80 credits Where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage

30 from Level 5

60 from Level 6

8 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

If you progress onto Level 5 of a programme at Plymouth University then 10 (of the highest achieved 80 credits or where modules are arranged in such a way that the 80 credits of lsquohighest module marksrsquo cannot be identified unequivocally the average for the best 70 credits and 90 credits will be calculated and the student given the best advantage) will come from your level 4 marks studied previously 30 of your level 5 aggregate mark will be drawn from the level 5 modules studied at Plymouth University and then 60 from your level 6 aggregate mark at Plymouth University

43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College

HE Careers and Employability ndash please promote to your students

There is a new HE Careers and Employability section on Moodle accessible via the Learner Resources tab This is a really useful resource which both you and your students can use Please e-mail Heidi Channell with details of any other web resources you use and she will add them to Moodle heidichannellcornwallacuk

UCAS Applications for Teacher Training open on 27th October

Encourage your HE students to access HE Careers Advice by e-mailing Heidi heidichannellcornwallacuk

Here is a link to the Plymouth University Careers amp Employability site which includes the Events Calendar

httpwwwpluprospectsacukcasaservletcasajobseekereventJSEventServletmode=showEvampevent_id=SUBOPLU-07072015-EVNT-35658ampsource=casajobseekereventJSEventServlet3Fmode3DshowCal26month3DAll26eventType3DO26seriesStr3Dampstack=null3Anull

44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University

As a Plymouth University student you will also be able to access the Plymouth University Careers and Employability Service which can provide a wealth of guidance and support resources

5 Employment Opportunities

Work based learning is required in CORC358 ndash Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice module students will be required to work in a choice of PE Primary Secondary Sport Development Coaching or Health Promotion providers with a minimum of 30 hours placement These placements will be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period Existing links are already in place and the Programme Team continue to develop opportunities with local providers The appointment of a new Commercial Sports Manager at the College will also be used to maximise WBL and employability growth Employers will report on studentrsquos progression and sign off attendance Guidance procedures will be produced to support placement providers No additional WBL will be required due to the Level 6 research content and emphasis of the final honours year

CORC358 assessment explained

Formative

Periodic reviews via group seminars or individual tutorials are required to ensure that the student is achieving the agreed work based learning activity as stipulated in the learning agreement between the student their manager (placement) and the Module Leader Evidence will be monitored via a working diary with signatures from the placement manager

9 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Summative

50 Practical

Provide a session plan with supporting documents for a practical assessment (Observation 40) The student must be able to justify their analysis of their chosen working methods with a question and answer session straight after delivery (10)

50 Coursework

Written report 50 on completion of the placement a written 3000 word report reviewing Learning Outcomes 2 and 3 will be submitted

Whilst studying this programme you will be given the opportunity to develop further personal and employability related skills through planned module content and also external opportunities A range of teaching approaches are used to specifically enable you to develop and enhance your communication and team working skills Employers and other industry professionals also input into the programme giving you further contacts

6 Teaching Learning and AssessmentYour performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your award In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions

Coursework group reports Coursework case study problems Group presentations Small group assessed discussions Practicalrsquos Formal examinations In-class tests Online assessments Portfolios Research project

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board If you do well enough ie you average a mark of over 70 over all your modules at the end of your programme then you will qualify for the award of a Degree with distinction You should note marks of 70 and over are awarded for outstanding work only

Please reference the Benchmarking Skills Map within the Programme Specification for further details on how the teaching learning and assessments are achieved within each module

10 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

61 Referencing Guides

httpsintranetcornwallacukintranetlearning-servicesdocumentsHarvard_Referencing_July13pdf

7 Assessment Schedules and FeedbackEach Programme has a designated Moodle page which houses further details of each of the modules contained with a programme A full assessment schedule will be available via Moodle Any changes made to the schedule will be done in consultation with the student body and will be fully communicated to the students that are affected

Your performance in a module will be assessed during the academic year normally through a combination of coursework and end of year examinations You must pass the assessments in order to be credited with that module for your Honours Degree In addition some modules may have to be passed as pre-requisites for others taken later in your programme

The method of assessment varies between modules and your lecturers will advise you of the method(s) to be used This reflects the need to develop a range of different knowledge understanding and skills During your programme you may experience some or all of the following types of assessment

Coursework essay questions Coursework reports Coursework case study problems Presentations Problem Based Learning Practicalrsquos Formal examinations

In all cases these are chosen and designed to assess your achievement of the particular learning outcomes for the module You will be given Assessment Criteria which are used to judge the extent of your achievement

Please note that ALL assessment marks and results are provisional until confirmed by the Subject Assessment Panel and verified by the Award Assessment Board

Outlined below are key features of University or Higher Education (HE) level education including what differentiates this from other forms of education eg at school college or in the workplace

71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its TimetablingThe standard academic year is divided into three terms and 30 teaching weeks Term 1 covers the 12 weeks before Christmas and Term 2 the 12 weeks afterwards Term 3 consists of 9 weeks and is intended to be for revision assessments and examinations

During your induction you will receive your timetable detailing when classes take place for your programme

Your programme is made up of modules (units of study) Modules are normally worth 20 credits though some programmes may include 10 credit modules Your BSc Hons consists of 120 Level 6 credits The BSc Sports Performance and Coaching programme consists of both 40 and 20 credit modules the only 40 credit module is SPC 301 Honours Dissertation all other modules are 20 credits Throughout the programme there are a variety of

11 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

modules which have been designed to allow students to engage with independent research Primarily the Honours Dissertation affords students the opportunity to tailor their degree toward an area of research they are keenly interested in Honours Dissertation aside all optional modules firmly embed independent research a corner stone reflective of level six study in a manner of different ways eg seminar presentations group discussions along with formal presentations

You will hear reference being made to your programme of study your programme or course For your purposes these terms are interchangeable

Note optional modules may require a minimum number of students to run

72 Your Approach to StudyingProbably the most significant difference between university level study and other levels of education is the amount of personal responsibility you have This has implications for how you approach your studies

Staff will use a variety of educational approaches depending on the learning outcomes of the module These may include lectures group work discussion student led activities simulation technology supported activity practical scenarios and directed study Your active participation will enhance your learning It is your responsibility to acquire the required knowledge and skills

73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this

At this level of study you will be treated as a responsible adult capable of acting on your own initiative

You may be used to a learning or workplace environment with fixed hours and routine activities However HE study requires you to develop new study time-management and prioritisation skills to make effective use of your study time and to meet programme deadlines Your weekly timetable consists of planned learning activities such as lectures and time for you to undertake additional reading assignment preparation and private study The contact time that you have with lecturers is only part of your module timetable As an indication the average amount of

12 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Key strategies to become a Successful Student

You must take proactive responsibility for your own studies We will give you as much help and support as we can but ultimately your success (or failure) is down to you

Plan your time carefully Write a personal timetable as soon as you can

Attend all lectures and tutorials and take notes

Do not miss deadlines

Read extensively around your subject Just being familiar with the set text books is unlikely to be enough to pass

Seek help if you need it as soon as possible If you need specific help with your studies speak to your lecturer or tutor or make a personal appointment to see them Even if your problem has nothing to do with your programme it may have an effect on your ability to study Let someone at the College know - ignoring problems will only make things worse later on

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

lsquototal student effortrsquo expected for a 20 credit module will be around 200 hours but you may only be timetabled for 45 hours per 20 credit module You must therefore learn to use your time constructively

Your most valuable learning will be done in your own time and in your own way

74 Suggested Reading for New Students Companion for undergraduate dissertations httpwwwsocscidissbhamacuks11html

Cottrell S (2003) Skills for Success the Personal Development Planning Handbook Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Goddfrey J (2011) Writing For University (Pocket Study Skills) Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Greetham B (2008) How to Write Better Essays Palgrave Study Guides Houndmills Palgrave

Greetham B (2009) How to Write your Undergraduate Dissertation Palgrave MacMillan Houndmills

Study Skills for Students with Dyslexia wwwdyslex studyskills groupshefacuk

Skills for Study Open University wwwopenacuk skills for study

Swetham D and Swetham R (2009) Third Ed Writing Your Dissertation How to Books Ltd Oxford

75 Reading for your Honours DegreeYou will not complete your programme successfully if you do not read regularly and in-depth You will be given reading lists for each module You should purchase at least one recommended text for each module Since books are expensive however it may be a good idea to pool resources by sharing with friends in a study group

Please note that you may only be able to borrow basic texts from the library on a short-term basis Demand for such texts may be very high at certain times in the year so do not rely on them being available

You are strongly recommended to follow current issues relevant to your programme in the quality press for example The Times Independent Guardian and Telegraph You should also make use of subject-related journals held in the library

Reading texts for higher education demands note-taking as well as reading skills as with lectures keep careful notes from your reading

76 Private StudyYour private study time is likely to be taken up by different tasks for each module by preparing for tutorials or undertaking some reading of a programme text or library research In addition private study time provides students with the opportunity to ensure they have understood the subject reflecting on any feedback on assessed work and building up a good set of notes for revision

77 Study GroupsIn all our programmes the College encourages students to learn skills to enable them to work as groups and teams These are not merely useful during your programme In any employment context you will find such skills and experiences invaluable Sometimes you will find you are assessed on a piece of written work or presentation completed as a group Many students benefit significantly from working collaboratively in study groups to check their understanding of difficult issues or concepts and to revise

13 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)WBLWRL in all its aspects is important to all Honours Degrees Cornwall College based learning will inform work-based activity and WBLWRL will be vital in contributing to your understandings of theory and your success in assessment tasks You should be sure to keep careful records of significant experiences in your work-placements so that you can refer to them with confidence in discussions and assignments

79 LecturesMost modules have timetabled lectures While lecturing styles may vary you will need to develop note-taking skills and other techniques to help you get the most out of a lecture You should develop a style of note-taking that suits you There is no lsquoright methodrsquo but certain general principles are useful

Your notes need to be an accurate record of the key points Notes should be neat and tidy and in such a form that they can be supplemented easily Notes should be presented in a logical fashion and deal with the essentials Make a note of questions or doubts and leave space to insert solutions later Keep a clear record of references - these will need following up

In some lectures you will be given hand-outs of diagrams key concepts or the material used to deliver the lecture in the form of presentation slides These are often available for reference electronically Reading hand-outs or getting copies of slides is not a substitute for attending the lecture You may miss vital verbal information

Lecturers will not give you all the information on a topic but provide a framework from which you can work to develop your knowledge and ideas While a lecture introduces important concepts you will need to develop your understanding of these concepts by further reading research discussion and working through problems in tutorials

710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshopsThese sessions are meetings of small groups of students Here you will have a chance to demonstrate what you have learnt and understood and to clarify areas you are not so sure about Normally you will be assigned to a group and you will have to attend a specific timetabled slot which will normally be weekly

A lecturer will manage the session although the focus is on studentsrsquo contributions Sometimes you will be given assignments beforehand so you can prepare materials or you might be asked to lead the tutorial in an informal way or give a formal presentation

Seminars tutorials and workshops are a crucial part of the learning process as you have the opportunity to analyse problems and discuss issues in depth with your peers You should come to these sessions prepared to participate fully Although you may be shy at first you will find that as the group gets to know each other and develop more confidence these discussions become one of the most valuable parts of your learning

711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments

Despite the academic nature of the programme use of practical experiences to aid learning are provided as frequently as possible For example the core module Applied Coaching utilises peer review coaching practicalrsquos each week to enhance the cross pollination of inter disciplinary coaching styles Optional modules also embed fieldwork opportunities in particular Physiology for Performance (SPC312) utilises leading laboratory technology in

14 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

determining optimal performance markers in metabolic pathways Rehabilitation and Injury Management and Movement Analysis are two modules which encourage students to take a hands on approach to student learning

712 Other Forms of Academic Support

Some modules may have relatively little formally timetabled teaching This is part of a planned strategy to help you develop and manage your own learning Where this is the case forms of academic support may include

Feedback on assessed work - to help you develop your knowledge understanding and skills through undertaking assessments

Tutorials by appointment Teaching staff normally have lsquooffice hoursrsquo when you can book an appointment to see them

Student Portal (Moodle) and email Staff may use these to initiate discussions and set up learning support groups for their modules

713 Factors Affecting Your Learning

In addition to teaching academic support and private study there are often factors which influence your learning environment If you are aware of these you will be able to manage your studies more effectively

714 Effective LearningLearning refers not simply to the sum total of facts and information you can recall at a given moment It also relates to how you use and apply information and how you find store and retrieve it One of your aims as a student should be to become a more effective learner

The quality of your learning will depend on these starting points

Your attitudes attendance aims and goals Your dedication Your aptitude for the subject Your intelligence Your willingness and ability to learn Your use of resources - tutors books materials the work experiences built into the programme etc - and

time - your timetabled lectures and tutorials as well as private study

To assess how well you are learning you should frequently check your progress by keeping in touch with your tutors and your fellow students and ensuring you are up-to-date with deadlines

715 Time ManagementGood time management lies at the root of effective learning You will need to plan the use of your time carefully You will have the demands of your programme learning in lectures and tutorials working on assessments and completing your private study to consider

A personal timetable can help you in assessing all your priorities paid work social and family commitments as well as your studies

15 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

You will have to think realistically about the number of hours that you need to work to be a successful student If you are studying full-time we would expect that your lectures other timetabled sessions and private study taken together will only account for a proportion of the 200 hours of work required for each 20 credit module However the amount of study effort required varies from student to student

716 AttendanceYou are expected to take responsibility for your learning and attendance in timetabled sessions In some modules if you do not attend consistently you may risk losing marks either directly or by missing an assessed presentation or group activity Any absence also affects your peers as it may disrupt planned group activities and limit the range of discussions You will be expected to be available for every week of your college terms Please ensure that holidays are only arranged outside of term and assessment commitments Students who do not attend run a very high risk of failure

717 Coping with StressStress can be a serious problem particularly in your first year when you may be adjusting to a new environment arranging accommodation managing your finances living away from home and balancing your time between study and familywork commitments There is however plenty of help available and you are encouraged to make use of support services such as the Cornwall College Counselling Service

718 Learning SkillsSome students find the transition to university level study particularly student-centred learning more difficult than they expected This can be because they have not yet developed the required learning skills Although you will receive help throughout your programme to improve these skills there is specific support advice and resources available through your Personal Tutor the College Student Support staff or staff in the Learning Centre concerning issues such as

Presentations Essay Writing Referencing Time Management Reading and Note-taking Revision and Examinations Using the library

Plymouth University resources are available at httpwwwlearningdevelopmentplymouthacuk

719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances

Your programme operates under Plymouth University Academic Regulations and specifically the regulations for BSc (Hons) To view these Regulations go to

httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

16 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

720 Academic OffencesIssues of plagiarism and any form of academic dishonesty are treated very seriously They could result in you failing a module or even having to leave your programme

Support concerning citing references or using any other form of intellectual property most particularly from web based material is available from your Personal Tutor and Learning Centre staff

Further support is available from Plymouth University at httpswww1plymouthacukessentialinforegulations

17 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Examination Coursework Practical

MODULE CODE Examination Test Coursework Type Coursework Type Practical Type Practical Type

Level 6

CORC356 Honours Dissertation Proposal 10 Dissertation 70 Presentation 20

CORC357Lifelong Health Examination 40 Report 60

CORC358 Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

Report 50 Practical 50

CORC359 Application of Sport Psychology Examination 50 Assignment 50

CORC360 Sport and Exercise Physiology Lab Report 70 Presentation 30

CORC361 Principles of Nutrition Examination 50 Report 50

CORC362 Applied Coaching Portfolio 50 Assessment 50

18 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Mar

king

stag

eIn

tern

al m

oder

ation

st

age

Exte

rnal

mod

erati

on

stag

eSu

bjec

t Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (SA

P)

1The sample for the internal moderation comprises 20 or 10 assessment pieces minimum The sample should include a range of assessment pieces including borderlines and fails For more guidance see the Plymouth University Marking and Moderation policy 2015

19 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Student submits work sits test sits examination

Work collated amp passed toModule Leader

Work is marked by Module Leader

Marks collated by Module Leader amp submitted to Programme Manager

Internal moderation sample selected1

Moderation by second academic

Unconfirmed mark amp feedback back to students within 20 working daysStudents receive initial

UNCONFIRMED mark

External moderation samples selected and moderated by External Examiners

Marks approved by SAP and forwarded to College Award Assessment Board

Marks submitted to SAP for consideration and approval

CONFIRMED marks issued to students

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

8 Student Feedback

81 Student Representation and EnhancementStudent representation for each stage of the programme is made through programme committee membership which should also reflect on enhancement activities and their impact and sustainability Furthermore programme committee meetings are not considered quorate without student representation

Information for students on the importance of course representation has been developed in partnership with the students along with the course representation cycle Other useful resources are available within the UPSU partner college pages

In addition to student presence through programme committee membership it is noted that students also have representation though the Student Unions of both institutions

82 Student Perception SurveysThe National Student Survey (NSS) and Plymouth Universityrsquos Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) offer the opportunity for the Student Voice to be gathered from students individually Additionally there may be local methods for collating survey feedback on individual modules

Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and National Student Survey (NSS)

All students on Plymouth University courses in partner colleges are given the opportunity to complete a questionnaire (SPQ) between January and March in the first year of their programmes The questionnaire is arranged under a range of headings the answers to which give us student views on how effectively we support their learning experience these include teaching assessment and feedback academic support learning resources personal development opportunities Student responses are used only in statistical form to produce a subject level report and to enable comparative data to be prepared at faculty level

In addition students are asked to participate in the National Student Survey (NSS) at the end of their programme Both of these provide valuable information to enable staff to improve programmes and the learning experience

What is the Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) and what is it for

to give students the chance to tell us what they feel about their experience of teaching and learning at the Cornwall College

to allow us to identify those issues that are perceived by students as affecting their education either positively or negatively

to provide us with a University-wide perspective and to enable staff to prioritise our actions to improve the quality of the educational experience at Cornwall College

What does the survey achieve

At subject level you can expect the findings of the SPQ to be discussed at staff-student liaison groups and Programme Committee Meetings within the college A related Action Plan is prepared to address students concerns and this is in turn linked to the Universityrsquos Quality Assurance process

20 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

addressed through formal meetings between the University and the college The Director of Higher Education (HE) will review the questionnaire results with senior managers and programme teams as appropriate

What is the National Student Survey (NSS) and what does it mean to me

This national survey is designed to provide information on how universities support the student learning experience It provides vital information to prospective students and their advisers to help them make an informed choice on what they want to study and where they should study it The results are shown on the national Unistats website (wwwunistatsacuk)

The survey is an important tool both at national level and within the University ndash it is seeking to capture an overall view of the student experience and the results reflect upon the standing and esteem in which the University is held it is not the tool to use to offer feedback on local course issues which should be directed as normal through course representatives tutors lecturers and the Students Union The Universityrsquos own institutional student perception questionnaire will not be issued to students involved in the national survey to avoid burdening students with too many questionnaires We will therefore rely heavily on the NSS to secure feedback about the overall student experience

The survey is carried out by Ipsos MORI an independent company It will take the form of a short online questionnaire that should only take around 5 minutes to complete All eligible final year students will be contacted and invited to complete the survey So that Ipsos MORI can carry out the survey the University has been asked to provide contact details for students from its current records (this includes all contact details held by the University including personal phone numbers) The personal data will not be used for any other purpose than the survey and will not be passed on to any other partiescompanies All the answers will be kept confidential with results being published in subject groupings

83 Closing the Feedback Loop This includes programme committee feedback through the student representatives as well as other methods for feeding back on the Student Voice

For information please see httpwww1plymouthacukstudentvoicePagesYou-said-we-didaspx)

Cornwall College has developed a student engagement framework which documents the student involvement into quality mechanisms and ensures that feedback on student concerns is delivered in a constructive way and can be demonstrated within the programme action plan On some campus sites student representatives are governors or on the management committee and feedback through Student Representatives meetings

84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)PCMs exist to enable the core programme team and student representatives to meet formally to strict agendas twice per year These meetings are in addition to hosting the ALPrsquos and the EErsquos visits although they may be arranged to align These meetings are held twice per academic year autumn and spring The meeting utilises the standard Plymouth University agenda for each relevant meeting It is vital that Student Representatives from each academic year of the programme attend the

21 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

meeting It is chaired by the Programme Manager with attendance from module leaders learning centre staff and HE Operations

85 ComplaintsThe College wants to ensure that its courses and its case of students are of a high quality However sometimes things may go wrong and you may want to complain If this becomes the case then please follow the link below for further details

httpswwwcornwallacukabout-uscomplaints-procedure

If after reviewing the procedure you are unsure of what action you would like to take or require further advice and guidance then please use the following

E-mail complaintscornwallacuk

86 Extenuating Circumstances Extenuating Circumstances is a policy to ensure that no student is disadvantaged by circumstances beyond their control whilst maintaining academic standards These are circumstances which

bull affect your ability to attend or complete assessment(s) bull are exceptional bull are outside your control bull can be corroborated by independent evidence bull occurred during or shortly before the assessment in question

If your participation in an examination or assessment has been affected by an extenuating circumstance then you can ask the College to take this info consideration You can submit a claim for extenuating circumstances to cover last submission of work no-submission of work or non-attendance at a time specific assessment such as an examination test presentation or performance or a field class

When making a claim students must ensure that they submit the FULLY completed Extenuating Circumstances form along with the relevant associated evidence as soon as possible and normally no later than ten working days after the deadline for the submission of the work or the date of the presentation performance or test If you are making an extenuating circumstances claim about coursework do not wait for a decision on your claim before submitting your work Please submit the final version of your work within 10 working days of the original deadline However it would be preferred if the claim was submitted within 5 days in order that it can be dealt with quickly and within the timeframe

For full details of the Extenuating Circumstances Policy please follow the link below

httpswwwplymouthacukuploadsproductiondocumentpath66017160121_Extenuating_Circumstances_Policy_and_Proceduresdocx

If you have any queries regarding the submission of the Extenuating Circumstances please speak with your Programme Manager or a member of the HE Operations Team

22 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

9 Appendix 91 Programme Specification

23 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

PROGRAMME SPECIFICATION1

Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)

Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne

State Date 2016-17

First Award Date 2017

Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document

This programme specification template aligns with recommendations within the UK Quality Code for Higher Education2 The information provided by the programme proposer in each section is definitively agreed between the delivering institution and Plymouth University at approval Therefore any requests for changes to content (post the conditions set at approval) must follow Plymouth Universityrsquos procedures for making changes to partnership programmes3

ContentsPS1Programme Details26

PS2 Brief Description of the Programme26

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)27

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations27

PS5 Programme Aims27

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)27

PS7 Distinctive Features28

PS8 Student Numbers29

PS9 Progression Route(s)30

PS10 Admissions Criteria31

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement31

PS12 Programme Structure33

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment34

PS14 Work Based Related Learning411 This Programme Specification contains no information pertaining andor referring to any individual and is therefore appropriate for dissemination as a public document2QAA 2011 Chapter A3 The Programme Level UK Quality Code for Higher Education httpwwwqaaacukenPublicationsDocumentsquality-code-A3pdf last accessed 28 th July 2014 [nb this includes lsquoAppendix 2 Working with programme specifications A leaflet for further education collegesrsquo]3 If required please contact Academic Partnerships Programme Administration for assistance

24 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Appendix43

25 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

PS1 Programme Details

Awarding Institution Plymouth UniversityPartner Institution and delivery site (s) Cornwall College CamborneAccrediting Body NALanguage of Study EnglishMode of Study Full Time and Part TimeFinal Award BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceIntermediate Award NAProgramme Title Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)UCAS Code ADT5JACS Code C600Benchmarks The standards referred to for the development

of this award are the QAA subject benchmarking document for Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008) Health Studies (2008) The management and delivery of the programme is in accordance with the precepts of the QAA Code of Practice

Date of Programme Approval 06 May 2015

PS2 Brief Description of the ProgrammeThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation (approx 200-250 words)

The BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Level 6 top-up) programme is a fantastic new option for students aspiring to work in the following industries health referral teaching leisure industry sports performance The programme will also allow learners to gain transferable skills to support their application to wider employment opportunities

This course is focussed on the practical application of theoretical constructs in an industry relevant manner with the vision to enhance both employability and entrepreneurial acumen Students will get the opportunity to apply theory to practice across the provision including laboratory and field-based testing Learners will carry out primary and secondary research throughout the programme including the honours dissertation where graduates chose topics of interest aligned with their subject specialisms Work-based practices will be mandatory in the Sport Health and Exercise Sciences core module with the option to carry out physical education or health promotion placements this will be supported with coaching placements in the Applied Coaching optional module

The new programme will include the following mandatory modules Honours Dissertation (40 credit) Lifelong Health (20 credits) and Sport Health and Exercise Sciences (20 credit) The rest of the programme will consist of a choice of four optional modules learners can pick a choice of two from up to four optional modules including Application of Sport Psychology Sport and Exercise

26 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Physiology Principles of Nutrition Applied Coaching The number of options being offered will depend on recruitment to the programme In the event of low student recruitment two compulsory modules will be offered

The programme aims to deliver a broader understanding of both scientific underpinnings in light of health related promotion sport development and coaching This innovative approach will better align students with the demands of a continually evolving sport and health related industry in a sustainable manner

PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)

None

PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations(Note Plymouth Universityrsquos Academic Regulations are available internally on the intranet httpsstaffplymouthacukextexamacademicregsintranethtm)

None

PS5 Programme Aims

This programme will deliver

A1 Critically synthesise key concepts in human exercise science coaching leisure health and wellbeing in a sport participation context

A2 Encourage critical appraisal and challenge of empirically derived evidence (primary and secondary data) and the ability to creatively synthesise

A3 Develop social and leadership skills recognising the complexity of participant interaction with exercise activity and intervention with an emphasis on reflection

A4 Cultivate the skills and acumen to enable students to manage themselves others and associated resources in the context of employment in the sport health education and leisure sector

A5 Improve communication skills through delivery of materials and information and practical skills to a wide range of audiences using a variety of media

PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)

By the end of this programme the student will be able to

LO1 Critically review knowledge in the field of human exercise sciences and sport performance utilising appropriate techniques of investigation and analysis

27 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

LO2 Analyse logical ideas and apply detailed knowledge and comprehension of key course concepts in the development of exercise activity participation and intervention

LO3 Develop key graduate skills and knowledge in specialist contexts to investigate and resolve issues applicable to aspirational career pathways

LO4 Critically evaluate and present conceptually sound knowledge gained through the course in relation to National and International policies in human exercise science education leisure and health and wellbeing contexts

LO5 Creatively demonstrate theory driven practice with an innovative approach

PS7 Distinctive FeaturesThis text is definitively approved at programme approval and therefore may be directly used for promotion of the programme without the need for further confirmation

Location

Cornwall College Camborne is located in the West of Cornwall situated 2 miles from the north coast and eight miles from the south A variety of coastal environments and related businesses are in close proximity which enables access to industry experts and practical work to be easily integrated into the programme On site Cornwall College Camborne has a sports science facility with state of art watt bike and ergometers for cycling treadmill and kayaking The department also has a sports facility allowing learners to carry out all invasion sports fitness testing fitness classes and gym based training

Industry links

Good relationships are in place with settings and employers in the locality to provide students with opportunity to experience a range of settings and guest speakers These include close links with Pool Camborne Redruth Brannel and Polkyth secondary schools Treleigh Kehelland and Rosemellin primary schools The department also have links with Health Promotion Cornwall and Sport Maker Development allowing students to support and lead lifelong health programmes Working alongside the Sport Maker allows students the opportunity to gain varied coaching practices and support adding national governing body qualifications to their CV We also have co-operative link with independent training providers including Lifestyle Fitness Solutions Studio

Learning and teaching resources

The Learning Centres are well stocked with a wide range of texts journals via Plymouth University portal and digital media holding around 47000 stock items locally excluding print journals Around 120000 items are available across all sites The College has invested in a range of on-line databases and e-books for HE students to access There are links between Cornwall College learning services across all sites of the College to enable students to access a county wide resource base

A designated member of Learning Centre staff works in close collaboration with the Programme Leaders to ensue new resource needs are speedily identified and purchased As

28 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

a result the SPQ results for question 16The library resources and services are good enough for my needs consistently come out as 100 agree

Teaching and Learning

bull This programme will deliver detailed theoretical knowledge and practical expertise in Lifelong Health and Sport and Exercise Sciences The exclusive content will be delivered by our strong academic team and supported with education and industry experts

bull Students are expected to complete a 30+ hours of WBL to enhance their CVs and build employability skills in the chosen Health Education Coaching or Sport Development route

bull Students will have opportunities to be involved in co-construction content to style of delivery and assessment method Learner Led Project Based Problem Solving real life tasks and scenarios will be incorporated at every opportunity

bull There is strong pastoral support Students are allocated a personal tutor and will have regular meetings with them to check progress develop academic skills and professional development

bull The small size of the campus promotes a friendly and supportive environment no-one is lost in the crowd

Assessment and Feedback

Assessment schedule and module handbooks will be distributed during the induction process and will also be made available on Moodle

Assessment workshops held two weeks prior to submission deadlines to provide final clarification of module assessment

Assessment feedback will be distributed via Moodle within the 20 day turnaround and the next available lecture will be scheduled for feedback

PS8 Student Numbers

The following provides information that should be considered nominal and therefore not absolutely rigid but is of value to guide assurance of the quality of the student experience functional issues around enabling progression opportunities to occur and staffing and resource planning

Minimum student numbers per stage = 10

Target student numbers per stage = 15

Maximum student numbers per stage = 30

29 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

PS9 Progression Route(s)

Approved ldquoprogression route(s)rdquo are those where successful achievement in this programme enables direct alignment to join a stage of another programme This is an approach employed primarily for Foundation Degree students to ldquotop-uprdquo to complete a Bachelor degree but may be employed for other award types

This is in part an automated admissions criterion and therefore progression may be impacted on by availability of a position on the progression award however progression opportunity if not available in the first year of application is guaranteed within 3 years

Progression arrangements with institutions other than Plymouth University carry an increased element of risk It is necessary for the delivering partner institution to obtain formal agreement from that institution to guarantee progression for existing students on the programme For progression to Plymouth University should there be the need to withdraw the progression route programme(s) then either this will be delayed to provide progression or appropriate solutions will be found This arrangement is guaranteed for existing students that complete their programme of study with no suspensions or repeat years and who wish to progress immediately to the University

There are no articulated progression routes for this programme However students will be made aware of opportunities within their subject and within the region

The contribution of marks from prior levels of study to the progression award is governed by University regulations

30 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

PS10 Admissions Criteria

Qualification(s) Required for Entry to this Programme Details

Level 21 Key Skills requirement Higher Level

Diploma5 passes at grades A-C including maths English language and a science subject or to include equivalent Level 2 Numeracy and Literacyandor

2 GCSEs required at Grade C or above

Level 5 Relevant FdSc or HND

FdSc or HND

Work Experience Relevant experience assessed on application and interview

Other non-standard awards or experiences To be reviewed during application process

APEL APCL possibilitiesApplications are considered on an individual basis in accordance with the academic regulations

Interview Portfolio requirements

All students would have to demonstrate at interview the necessary motivation potential experience andor knowledgeDisabilities ndash the course welcomes applications from students with disabilities and is committed to its inclusive policy In order to be more learner centred the College requests that all applications be considered individually and in consultation with the Course Manager

Independent Safeguarding Agency (ISA) Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) clearance required

Yes ndash Students will be required to apply for DBS clearance during the induction process Students will be expected to cover the cost of this check

PS11 Academic Standards and Quality EnhancementThe Programme LeaderManager (or the descriptor) leads the Programme Committee in the Plymouth Universityrsquos annual programme monitoring process (APM) as titled at the time of approval APM culminates in the production maintenance and employment of a programme level Action Plan which evidences appropriate management of the programme in terms of quality and standards Any formally agreed changes to this process will continue to be followed by the Programme LeaderManager (or other descriptor) and their Programme Committee

Elements of this process include engaging with stakeholders For this definitive document it is important to define

Subject External Examiner(s)

31 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

An Interim visit by External Examiner (EE) (usually between January and February) will review work that has been marked consult students and feed back to the programme manager and module leaders and course team

Subject Assessment Panel (SAP) reviews the assessment marking and is scrutinised by the subject EE Representatives of the team review and present their module marks for each student on the programme

The annual Award Assessment Board (AAB) takes place with Programme Manager the awarding bodyrsquos partnership member and the External to receive the students work and confer progression or award

Additional stakeholders specific to this programme

Students have the opportunity to discuss the programme independently twice a year in the Student Review This forms part of the discussion for the annual programme monitoring in the autumn and spring of each academic year

The Student Perception Questionnaire (SPQ) is administered during the year and feeds into the programme review

Students Representatives attend Annual Programme Monitoring (APM) to contribute student views alongside Module Leaders the Programme Manager and the Assistant Registrar to monitor module delivery and the course provision

Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing The sport department meet once a term and are used to update industry relevance of the course The team is composed of industry representatives student representatives and staff This feeds back into Curriculum meetings for the delivery team Curriculum meetings take place once a month to review progression department provision resources and staffing

32 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science(Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

PS12 Programme Structure

The following structure diagram(s) provides the current structure for this programme

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Full Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching

FHEQ level 6 for BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science For Part Time

FT Route YearWhen in Year (ie

Autumn Spring etc)

Core or Option Module Credits Module

1 All Year Core 20 CORC357- Lifelong Health1 All Year Optional 20 CORC359- Application of Sport Psychology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC360- Sport and Exercise Physiology1 All Year Optional 20 CORC361 - Principles of Nutrition1 All Year Optional 20 CORC362- Applied Coaching2 All Year Core 40 CORC356 -Honours Dissertation2 All Year Core 20 CORC358- Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

33 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment

Developing graduate attributed and skills at any level of HE is dependent on the clarity of strategies and methods for identifying the attributes and skills relevant to the programme and where and how these are operationalised The interrelated factors of Teaching Learning and Assessment and how these are inclusive in nature are fundamentally significant to these strategies and methods as are where and how these are specifically distributed within the programme

Ordered by graduate attributes and skills the following table provides a map of the above plus an exposition to describe and explain the ideas and strategy of each Therefore subsequent to the initial completion for approval maintenance of this table as and when programme structure changes occur is also important

BSc (Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise ScienceDefinitions of Graduate Attributes and Skills Relevant to this Programme

Teaching and Learning Strategy Methods Prog Aims

Prog intended Learning Outcomes

Range of Assessments Related Core Modules

For this Honours Degree programme the following has been informed by the QAA Subject benchmarking documents Statements in the left hand column (Attributes amp Skills) have the source benchmark document denoted in parentheses using the abbreviations below

Hospitality Leisure Sport and Tourism (2008)helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip(HLST)Health Studies (2008) (HS)

Knowledge UnderstandingDemonstrate evidence of competence in the scientific methods of enquiry interpretation

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork Sport amp Exercise Physiology Laboratory Testing ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching A1 A2

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

Reports essays presentations vivas case studies portfolios

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

34 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

and critical analysis of relevant data within regional national and international contexts (HLST 52 HLST 54 amp HS 42)

SecondaryAnalysing published researchWork related learning

A3 A4 LO5 exams

Understanding and applying the theories concepts and principles of practice from the generic management areas of operations human resources economics and marketing to sports facilities and the context within which they operate (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Reports essays presentations case studies portfolios practicals exams

CORC357

CORC358

Employing strategic planning and development planning skills in analysingunderstanding and addressing the development needs of clients and broader community (HLST 621)

PrimaryPractical Fieldwork ICT based data analysis data handling workshops learner-led teaching

SecondaryAnalysing market research work based learning

Exams reports case studies ICT presentations

CORC357

CORC358

Understanding of anatomy and physiology monitor evaluate and analyse effects of sport and exercise across society including specialist and professional provision Using research and governmental guidelines amp policies to diagnose needs prescribe and monitor appropriate exercise and sport-related activities upon health and well-being (HLST617 HLST618 HLST 619 amp HS 31 )

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations reports practicals portfolios case studies exams

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

35 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Demonstrate a critical awareness of the health and safety ethical considerations exercise prescription population differences and the role of health promotion in improving the health and wellbeing of participants and the wider population (HLST 619 amp HLST 45)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryIndustry visits guests speakers work based learning

Presentations case studies reports exam

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Be able to monitor analyse diagnose and prescribe methods to enhance the performance of the diverse determinants of sport health and well-being Showing evidence of the skills required to monitor and evaluate principles and knowledge for sports performance in laboratories andor field settings (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Presentation reports practicals

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

Displaying a critical appreciation in regards to the effects of culture societal political historical and economic contexts onlearning including education policies moral religious and philosophical underpinnings in thedelivery (teaching instructing and coaching) of enhanced sport amp lifestyle performance (HLST 618 amp HS 31)

PrimaryLectures seminars workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies portfolios

CORC357

CORC358

Making effective use of knowledge and understanding of the disciplines underpinning

PrimaryLectures seminars

Reports essays presentations

CORC356

36 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

human structure and function appraising and evaluating the effects of sport and exercise intervention on the participant (HLST 618)

workshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryGuests speakers work based learning

posters case studies

CORC358

Plan and effectively carry out the monitoring and evaluation of human responsesto sport andor exercise (HLST 618)

PrimaryWorkshops learner led teaching sessions

SecondaryWork based learning

Reports essays presentations posters case studies

CORC356

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Knowledge and Understanding through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programmeAt Level 6 students will be expected to assimilate facts and theories and use an enquiring mind to critically evaluate these in context They are expected to be autonomous learners and actively seek knowledge through reading research personal communication and reflection They will be assessed through a variety of modes including essays tests exams presentations reports viva and case studies as appropriate to the subject with advice from Industry and the External Examiner Students will have the opportunity to apply co-constructing assessment to ensure engagement and motivation Students will be encouraged to become independent and creative thinkers to interpret and respond to assessment using their initiative

Cognitive amp Intellectual SkillsPlan design execute and communicate a sustained piece of intellectual work which provides evidence of critical engagement with an analysis and justification of appropriate data in an suitable context (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

Effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills from a range of evidence and experience to both familiar and unfamiliar problems (HLST

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4 amp

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

ICT reports essays lit review exams case study

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

37 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

52 amp HS 44)

Critical awareness of the application of delivery strategies with integration of the variables utilising wider transferable skills with delivery that is participant related (teaching instructing and coaching) in sport health and well-being settings (HLST 68 amp HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops group seminars tutorials

SecondaryAdditional information and tasks available on VLE- Moodle

Exam essay report presentations

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Cognitive and Intellectual Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students will be encouraged to take a leading role in the teaching and learning through active participation in sessions such as leading and significant contribution to work placements seminars workshops and practicals Students will be encouraged to consider and potentially challenge institutional thinking and practice Assessments will be diverse and challenging encouraging students to use their cognitive and intellectual capacities to the full They are expected to take part in active research and work independently with support but minimal guidance

Key Transferable SkillsEffective enterprising performance as both a team member and as an individual using time personnel amp project management techniques demonstrating effective communication using a range of techniques and media in inter-and intra-team scenarios Self-appraise and reflect on practice and develop social emotional intelligence and develop an understanding of the worth of lifelong learning (HLST 52 amp HS 44)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops etc

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A3 A4 A5

LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Essay literature review presentation ICT portfolio exam

CORC357

CORC358

38 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

An exposition for embedding Key Transferable Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 students are expected to exercise initiative and personal responsibility in their teaching learning and work experience All modules require independent thinking in order to make decisions in complex and unpredictable contexts students will be required in workshops and seminars to challenge past and current information and theories relating to the subject and consider alternatives and potential solutions Students will have to use a range of media in formative and summative assessments to communicate effective messages to a variety of audiences Assessment is designed to foster application of social and emotional awareness in a range of contexts

Employment Related SkillsDemonstrate vocationally relevant managerial skills and knowledge by exposure to professional practice including operations strategy human and physical resources and finance Work independently and as an effective team member in an adaptable flexible goal-orientated safe and ethical manner Ability to create evaluate and assess a range of options and capacity to apply ideas and knowledge to them (HLST 53 HLST 52)

PrimaryTutorials group seminars embedded in all aspects of student contact lectures workshops work based learning

SecondaryGuest speakers and industry visits additional research VLE and Moodle conferences

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Viva exam essay report portfolio presentation portfolio

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Employment Related Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

At Level 6 the student has demonstrated an understanding of organisational and work based practices they have put theory in to practice by applying and developing discipline related skills and knowledge and understanding through workshops and assessed real-life problem solving scenarios They will have to work with stakeholders in a meaningful way both in sessions and independently with positive targets and outcomes Develop vocationally relevant

39 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

managerial skills demonstrated through reflection and projection forward

Practical Skills

Show evidence of generic research skills required across the various themes of the course including the ability to monitor prescribe and evaluate sports performance safely work in workshops laboratories or field settings and interpret and extrapolate data (HLST 618 HLST 619 HLST 52 amp HLST 45)

Carry out a range of delivery methods applied to accurately support participant learning interrelated with the application of benchmarked standards (HS 53)

PrimaryLectures independent guided study practical workshops research tutorials

SecondarySupplementaryIndustry expert sessions guest sessions trips and visits independent study additional lecture information available on VLE- Moodle

A1 A2 A3 A4

A5

LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4

LO5

Reports presentationsobservation case study essay

CORC356

CORC357

CORC358

An exposition for embedding Practical Skills through Teaching amp Learning and Assessment at this level of the programme

Students will engage with specialist and general populations to understand needs limitations and potential Students will independently design and implement strategies resulting in data for analysis and discussion Students will have to practically communicate findings to a variety of audiences through a range of media and assessment types

40 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

PS14 Work Based Related LearningWBL is an essential element of Foundation Degrees and therefore needs to be detailed here However for all types of HE Programmes there should be an element of employability focus through at least Work Related Learning and therefore the following is applicable for all

BSc (Hons) Sport Health and Exercise ScienceWBLWRL Activity Logistics Prog Aim Prog Intended LO Range of Assessments Related Core Module(s)

Identification skills research skills analysis

Placement in relevant industry setting (Health Promotions and local schools) to be jointly arranged by the Module Leader and student during the induction period DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

ICT case studies reports All core modules

Develop department projects

Developmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A2 A3 A4 A5 LO3 LO4 LO5 Exam case studies reflective diary viva

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Practical delivery of physical education coaching and lifelong fitness

NGB and other sector specific qualificationsDevelopmental work with outside organisations (Health Promotions local schools and local sports clubs) DBS Clearance may be required

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 LO5

Practical essay reports case studies

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

Industry visits and guest speakers

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schools

A1 A4 LO1 LO3 LO4 Practical essay reports case studies

All core modules

41 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Health PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay NGBrsquos CSP SDOrsquos International Athletesrsquo

Fieldtrips

Camborne Redruth Pool Brannel Poltair Penrice Secondary schoolsHealth PromotionsCornwall Athletics ClubCamborne Cricket ClubSt Michaels HotelOcean Sports Carbis Bay GB Canoeing Sport Science Support

A1 A2 A3 A5 LO1 LO2 LO3 LO4 Report essays exam

Lifelong Health

Sport Health amp Exercise Science in Practice

An exposition to explain this mapThis is not designed to be a definitive or comprehensive list but to showcase the potential for industry involvement work based and experiential learning It is expected that all module leaders will make every effort to engage with relevant employers and organisations throughout all levels of the course to ensure that students have optimal opportunities to network with potential employers and stakeholders The industry engagement and the experience and networking that this provides is considered to be integral to the success of graduates in gaining employment and as such is it considered a fundamental of the course

42 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Appendix

1 Module Records

43 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC356 MODULE TITLE Honours Dissertation

CREDITS 40 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE No

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will independently carry out a detailed piece of research in a specific area of interest agreed by both supervisors and the ethics committee They will use primary literature relating to the chosen subject area combined with critical analysis and application of research findings The student will demonstrate appropriate synthesis of secondary data analysis of collected data and presentation skills

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 80 P1 (Presentation) 20

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of a specific

sports related topic of the studentsrsquo own choosing To provide knowledge and understanding of the research process To enable the students to manage the research process and ethical considerations To aid understanding of the provisional nature of knowledge

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Identify a suitable research question and manage an individual project with guidance2 Demonstrate reflexive awareness of the research process3 Analyse in detail an appropriate research question4 Synthesise conceptual knowledge

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

44 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy Louise Fletcher Dr Bryan Mills

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTStudents will firstly identify an area of scientific enquiry of interest to them in the form a proposal This will further be extended with a major report involving collection and analysis of primary data in conjunction with synthesis of secondary data Finally students will be afforded the opportunity to deliver an extended presentation to the cohort reviewing their findings

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersSeminar 10 Literature review and peer discussionTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Project Supervision 10 Group and 1-1

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 30 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Guided Independent Study 310Total 400

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1ProposalDissertation

125875

Total = 100

Proposal including ethics10000 word dissertation LO1 - 4

Practical P1 Presentation 100Total = 100

Justification of research topic findings and conclusions LO1 - 4

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBell J (2014) Doing Your Research Project Buckingham Open University PressBrace N Kemp R and Snelgar R (2012) SPSS for psychologists 5 th edn Basingstoke Palgrave MacmillanFlick U (2014) An introduction to qualitative research 5th edn London SageGratton C and Jones I (2009) Research methods for sport studies London RoutledgeLynch C (2010) Doing your research project in sport Exeter Learning MattersMcNamee M Olivier S and Wainwright P (2007) Research ethics in exercise health and sports

45 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

science Abingdon Oxon RoutledgeSilverman D (2014) Interpreting qualitative data methods for analysing talk text and interaction 5th edn London SAGESmith MF (2010) Research methods in sport Exeter Learning Matters

JournalsJournal of Sports ScienceScandinavian Journal of Statistics

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

46 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

MODULE CODE CORC357 MODULE TITLE Lifelong Health

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C640

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORA personal understanding of health well-being and physical activity is essential to any practitioner in the fields of sport and exercise This module is designed to give concepts of health and physical activity across the lifespan The student will examine their own health behaviours in relation to key concepts to gain a critical awareness of the behaviours impact on long term health

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 40 C1 (Coursework) 60 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To understand the differences in the effects of physical activity on fitness across age gender and

different population groups To be aware of the major policies behind increasing participation in physical activity health

promotion and adherence to exercise To understand the relationship between regular physical activity and health outcomes

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate physical activity interventions on fitness across special population groups2 Critically appraise current policy behind physical activity health promotion and adherence to

exercise3 Synthesise recent research understanding the relationship between regular physical activity and

health outcomes

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published

47 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notesACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTTopics covered in the module will include Health wellness and fitness Physical activity across the lifespan benefits and risks of physical activity measuring physical activity physical activity and exercise guidelines and self-management and development of health behaviours

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 25 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers

Supervised Lab and Fieldwork 10 Testing peers clients in laboratory and filed based tests

Tutorials 10 Group and 1-1Guided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering LO2

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 2000 word assignment LO1 LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Holt NL amp Talbot M (eds) (2011) Lifelong engagement in sport and physical activity participation and performance across the lifespan Abindgon Routledge

Michelin E (2015) The role of sport in health-related promotion of physical activity the perspective of the health system Germany Springer

Rodriguez-Guerrero P Kessene S amp Humphresy BR (eds) (2011) The economics of sport health and happiness the promotion of well-being through sporting activities Cheltenham Edward Elgar Publishing

Steffen J amp Stiehl J (eds) (2010) Teaching lifetime outdoor pursuits Champaign IL Human Kinetics

48 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Whitehead M (ed) (2010) Physical literacy throughout the lifecourse Abingdon Routledge

49 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC358 MODULE TITLE Sport Health and Exercise Science in Practice (Work-based)

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORLearners will be able to carry out work based experience to develop pedagogical awareness in sport physical education coaching sports development and health placements

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To provide the opportunity to gain detailed knowledge and critical understanding of pedagogy in

sport participation health and exercise science To examine physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and

barriers to exercise To provide knowledge and understanding of the key policies which affect the application of sport

participation health and exercise To enable the students to manage the research process

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically review effective teaching and learning strategies within the sport and health

environment2 Critically review key issues and trends within sport health and exercise related settings3 Independently evaluate working contexts for participation in sport and exercise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

50 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Sam West Claire Atterbury

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThe module emphasis will focus on physical activity patterns determinants of exercise behaviour adherence and barriers to exercise equality and sustainable communities

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationPlacement 40 Tutor visit x 2Lectures 20 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorial 20 Group and 1-1Practical sessions 5 Leadership Principles before placementGuided Independent Study 115Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Assessment Total = 100 Assessment 2 3000 word report LO2 amp 3

Practical P1 Practical Total = 100 Assessment 1 Practical delivery (40) and justification of methods (10) LO1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesArmour KM ed (2011) Sport pedagogy an introduction for teaching and coaching Harlow Pearson Education LimitedHardman AR amp Jones C (2011) The ethics of sports coaching London RoutledgeCapel SA and Whitehead M (2010) Learning to teach physical education in the secondary school a companion to school experience 3rd edn Abingdon RoutledgeStafford I (2011) Coaching children in sport Abingdon RoutledgeJones I Brown L and Holloway I (2012) Qualitative research in sport and physical activity London Sage

JournalsInternational Journal of Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity

51 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy The official journal of the Association for PE

WebsitesAssociation for PE httpwwwafpeorgukGovuk education httpswwwgovukbrowseeducationHealth Promotion Cervice httpswwwhealthpromcornwallorg

52 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC359 MODULE TITLE Application of Sport Psychology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C813

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will develop a broader appreciation of psychological factors which contribute to sport exercise health wellbeing and sporting excellence They will build upon more traditional mainstream approaches to incorporate alternative perspectives in sport psychology They will cultivate academic skills to critically evaluate an issue of their choice and determine informed bespoke holistic development strategies

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To gain an critical appreciation of contributory factors associated with sustained exercise

adherence To evaluate possible maladaptive factors connected with exercise avoidance To analyse components of psychological health and wellbeing To examine and critically evaluate mental skills training programmes upon sports performance

and injury rehabilitation

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Critically evaluate the theoretical approach to mental skills training of performance2 Analyse the psychological consequences of sport and exercise participation3 Synthesise and apply theoretical grounded interventions to specific psychological issues that

arise

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

53 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTPsychological skillsPerformance profilingDevelop communication skillsConflict managementCoping and pre-performance strategiesCase studies and interventionsFactors connected with exercise avoidanceComponents of psychological health and wellbeing

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLecture 39 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersFieldwork 6 Testing peers clients with filed based testsGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Exam Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO2

T1

Coursework C1 ReportEssayCase Study

Total = 100 Three options literature based review client scenario LO1 and LO3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesBurton D and Raedeke TD (2008) Sport psychology for coaches Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Cox RH (2012) Sport psychology concepts and applications 7th edn New York McGraw Hill

Gilbourne D and Andersen MB (Eds) (2011) Critical essays in applied sport psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

54 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Moran AP (2012) Sport and exercise psychology a critical introduction 2nd edn London Routledge

Roberts GC and Treasures DC (2012) Advances in motivation in sport and exercise 3rd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Tenenbaum G Eklund RC and Kamata A (Eds) (2012) Measurement in sport and exercise psychology Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Weinberg RS and Gould D (2015) Foundations of sport amp exercise psychology 6th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

JournalsJournal of Sports SciencesJournal of Applied Sport PsychologyJournal of Sport and Exercise PsychologyMedicine and Science in Sport and Exerciseemsp

55 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC360 MODULE TITLE Sport and Exercise Physiology

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C600

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORThis module will allow integration of current knowledge and synthesis of physical and biochemical processes in relation to physical activity - ranging from special populations in sport and exercise health related concepts to more performance orientated physiological demands

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 70 P1 (Practical) 30

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMSThis module aims to expand and develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of sport and exercise Students will synthesise empirical theory combined with primary data collection to understand physiological responses to exercise and recovery Students will critically analyse the physiological demands of differing sporting populations

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Conduct physiological testing and critically analyse and interpret data in terms physiological

factors of exercise2 Apply research driven theory to critically evaluate performance and enhance recovery from

exercise3 Appraise the physiological response to exercise of differing sporting populations

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

56 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Glenn Eldridge OTHER MODULE STAFF Louise Fletcher

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module aims to develop studentrsquos conceptual knowledge of the physiological effects of performance and integrate them in an applied setting Students will draw upon theory and apply research data gained from testing athletes to enhance athletic performance Describe how the homeostasis of the body is disturbed by exercise

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 35 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1

T1

Coursework C1 Laboratory Report

Total = 100 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testing LO1 LO2

Practical P1 Presentation Total = 100 LO3

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and Sources

Adams G M (2007) Exercise physiology laboratory manual 5th edn New York McGraw-Hill

Jones A amp Poole DC (2005) Oxygen Uptake Kinetics in Sport Exercise and Medicine Routledge Taylor and Francis

McArdle WD Katch FI Katch V L (2010) Exercise physiology energy nutrition and human performance 7th edn Philadelphia Lippincott Williams and Watkins

Powers SK amp Howley ET (2012) Exercise physiology theory and application to fitness and performance 8th edn New York

57 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Wilmore JH amp Costill DL (2011) Physiology of sport and exercise 5th edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journal of Applied Sport Science

Journal of Sports Science

International Journal of Sports Physiology and Performance

58 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC361 MODULE TITLE Principles of Nutrition

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE B400

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORStudents will apply food and nutrition knowledge and skills to plan and develop nutritional interventions for health promotion in accordance with current nutritional policies and recommendations Students will develop a clientrsquos diet plan promoting a healthy diet and aiding performance A practical project will reflect the role of industry or community nutritionists in developing and promoting a healthy diet

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) 50 C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical)

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS Provide an approach to the study of Nutrition and Health to develop a thorough understanding

of the relationship between food nutrition and health and to provide an arena for the informed discussion of current issues in this area

Encourage the integration of the theory of nutrition and health with research and practical application

Critically evaluate current food and nutrition researchpolicy to contextualise dietary information and advice to particular groups

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to3 Holistically apply a bespoke nutritional package based upon primary data sources to enhance

health and wellbeing4 Synthesise contemporary nutrition constructs and critically recommend hypothetical solutions to

meet client needs5 Demonstrate critical understanding of current topics in nutritional education and government

legislation set to improve the nutritional quality of a variety of diets

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

59 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Louise Fletcher OTHER MODULE STAFF Phillip Toy

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module will help develop a comprehensive knowledge of health and performance with an understanding of the key principles of nutrition The student will engage effectively in debate in a professional manor and produce detailed and coherent project reports The student must understand and evaluate professional practice with clients

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 30 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 11 discussion regarding meeting of LOsLaboratoryField Testing 10 Plan deliver and review laboratory fitness testingGuided Independent Study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1Examination Total = 100 Exam covering topics within LO3

T1

Coursework C1 Report Total = 100 Plan deliver and review LO1-3

Practical P1

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date120616

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date120616

Recommended Texts and Sources

Benardot D (2012) Advanced sports nutrition 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Fink F and Burgoon L (2012) Practical applications in sports nutrition 3rd edn London Bartlett and Jones

Jeukendrup A amp Gleeson M (2010) Sport nutrition - an introduction to energy production and performance 2nd edn Champaign IL Human Kinetics

Journals

60 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Journal of the International Society of Sports NutritionJournal of Sports Nutrition and Exercise MetabolismJournal of Sports ScienceMedicine of Science in Sport and Exercise

Websiteshttpwwwnutritionorgukhttpwwwpponlinecoukhttpwwweis2wincoukhttpwwwaisorgauhttpwwwfitdaycom

61 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION A DEFINITIVE MODULE RECORD Proposed changes must be submitted via Faculty Quality Procedures for approval and issue of new module code

MODULE CODE CORC362 MODULE TITLE Applied Coaching

CREDITS 20 FHEQ Level 6 JACS CODE C610

PRE-REQUISITES None CO-REQUISITES None COMPENSATABLE Yes

SHORT MODULE DESCRIPTORTo produce quality coaches with minimum operating standards for employment This module will give practical experience and theoretical knowledge allowing students to develop coaching skills in line with the governmentrsquos move to professionalise coaching (this model will be monitored and updated in line with national legislation through Sports coach UK (ScUK))

ELEMENTS OF ASSESSMENT Use HESA KIS definitions]WRITTEN EXAMINATION COURSEWORK PRACTICAL

E1 (Examination) C1 (Coursework) 50 P1 (Practical) 50

E2 (Clinical Examination)

A1 (Generic Assessment)

T1 (Test)

SUBJECT ASSESSMENT PANEL Group to which module should be linked Camborne

Professional body minimum pass mark requirement NA

MODULE AIMS To produce coaches who can be employed within this field To provide students with the theoretical knowledge to critically appraise coaching techniques

and theories of learning To ensure the student has the ability to critically analyse and enhance participantrsquos performance

ASSESSED LEARNING OUTCOMESAt the end of the module the learner will be expected to be able to1 Synthesise research to determine what will aid performance for individualteams2 Apply practical skills and intervention strategies to critically evaluate pedagogy in the

enhancement of performance3 Demonstrate conceptual knowledge of coaching techniques and theories of learning

DATE OF APPROVAL 060515 FACULTYOFFICE Academic PartnershipsDATE OF IMPLEMENTATION 010915 SCHOOLPARTNER Cornwall CollegeDATE(S) OF APPROVED CHANGE NA TERMSEMESTER 15AYAUM

Additional notes (for office use only)

62 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

SECTION B DETAILS OF TEACHING LEARNING AND ASSESSMENTItems in this section must be considered annually and amended as appropriate in conjunction with the Module Review Process Some parts of this page may be used in the KIS return and published on the extranet as a guide for prospective students Further details for current students should be provided in module guidance notes

ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 NATIONAL COST CENTRE 108

MODULE LEADER Phillip Toy OTHER MODULE STAFF Glenn Eldridge Dan Inch

SUMMARY of MODULE CONTENTThis module looks to comprehensively review current coaching literature to allow leaners to apply the theory to their coaching practice Leaners will be able to carry out coaching practice during the module to develop their delivery strategies and reflection collating a portfolio of evidence Varied sports disciplines are encouraged to gain a range of working contexts to facility all leaners development of applied coaching

SUMMARY OF TEACHING AND LEARNING [Use HESA KIS definitions]Scheduled Activities Hours CommentsAdditional InformationLectures 175 Seminars lectures presentations guest speakersTutorials 5 1-1Practical 225 Practice and assessmentGuided independent study 155Total 200

Cate

gory

Elem

ent

Com

pone

nt

Nam

e

Com

pone

nt

Wei

ghtin

g

Com

men

ts

incl

ude

links

to

lear

ning

ob

jecti

ves

Written exam

E1T1

Coursework C1 Coaching portfolio 100Total = 100

Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery

Practical P1 Coaching assessment

100Total = 100

Practice and assessment

Updated byPhillip Toy

Date140716

Approved byMathew Tonkin (HE Operations)

Date140716

Recommended Texts and SourcesCassidy T Jones R and Potrac P (2009) Understanding Sports Coaching The Social Cultural and Pedagogical Foundations of Coaching Practice 2nd edn London and New York Routledge

Gordon G (2009) Coaching Science Exeter Learning Matters Ltd

Kidman L (2005) Athlete-centred Coaching Developing inspired and inspiring people Christchurch

63 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment

Innovative Print Communications Ltd

Nash N ed (2015) Practical Sports Coaching London and New York Routledge

JournalJournal of Sports Sciences

Library subscriptionCoaching Edge

Websiteshttpwwwsportscoachukorghttpwwwpponlinecouk

64 | P a g eBSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up) Handbook (2016-17)

  • 1 Welcome and Introduction to BSc(Hons) Sport Health and Exercise Science (Top up)
  • 2 Programme Team
  • 3 Personal Tutor
    • 31 Plymouth Portal
      • 4 Programme Details
        • 41 Enhancement Activities
        • 42 Progression through the programme
        • 43 HE Careers Guidance ndash Cornwall College
        • 44 HE Careers Guidance ndash Plymouth University
          • 5 Employment Opportunities
          • 6 Teaching Learning and Assessment
            • 61 Referencing Guides
              • 7 Assessment Schedules and Feedback
                • 71 The Format of this BSc (Hons) Programme and its Timetabling
                • 72 Your Approach to Studying
                • 73 If you read nothing else in this section please read this
                • 74 Suggested Reading for New Students
                • 75 Reading for your Honours Degree
                • 76 Private Study
                • 77 Study Groups
                • 78 Work-Based Learning (WBL) Work Related Learning (WRL)
                • 79 Lectures
                • 710 SeminarsTutorialsWorkshops
                • 711 Practicals fieldwork studio or other specialist learning environments
                • 712 Other Forms of Academic Support
                • 713 Factors Affecting Your Learning
                • 714 Effective Learning
                • 715 Time Management
                • 716 Attendance
                • 717 Coping with Stress
                • 718 Learning Skills
                • 719 Procedures for dealing with late submissions and extenuating circumstances
                • 720 Academic Offences
                  • 8 Student Feedback
                    • 81 Student Representation and Enhancement
                    • 82 Student Perception Surveys
                    • 83 Closing the Feedback Loop
                    • 84 Programme Committee Meetings (PCM)
                    • 85 Complaints
                    • 86 Extenuating Circumstances
                      • 9 Appendix
                        • 91 Programme Specification
                          • Programme Title BSc(Hons) Sport Health amp Exercise Science (Top up)
                          • Partner Delivering Institution Cornwall College Camborne
                          • State Date 2016-17
                          • First Award Date 2017
                          • Date(s) of Revision(s) to this Document
                          • PS1 Programme Details
                          • PS2 Brief Description of the Programme
                          • PS3 Details of Accreditation by a ProfessionalStatutory Body (if appropriate)
                          • PS4 Exceptions to Plymouth University Regulations
                          • PS5 Programme Aims
                          • PS6 Programme Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO)
                          • PS7 Distinctive Features
                          • PS8 Student Numbers
                          • PS9 Progression Route(s)
                          • PS10 Admissions Criteria
                          • PS11 Academic Standards and Quality Enhancement
                          • PS12 Programme Structure
                          • PS13 Explanation and Mapping of Learning Outcomes Teaching amp Learning and Assessment
                          • PS14 Work Based Related Learning
                          • Appendix
                          • 1 Module Records
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers
                          • 1-1
                          • Seminars lectures presentations guest speakers amp independent delivery
                          • Practice and assessment